* Makefile.in (arm-tdep.o, eval.o, target-descriptions.o)
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
c91d38aa 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 83* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
84* Target Vector Definition::
85* Native Debugging::
86* Support Libraries::
87* Coding::
88* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 89* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 90* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 91* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 92* Testsuite::
c906108c 93* Hints::
aab4e0ec 94
bcd7e15f 95* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 96* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 97* Index::
c906108c
SS
98@end menu
99
100@node Requirements
101
102@chapter Requirements
56caf160 103@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
104
105Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
106requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
107of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
108that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 109
56caf160
EZ
110First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
111front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
112shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 113
56caf160
EZ
114@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
115available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
116programmer.
c906108c 117
56caf160
EZ
118@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
119the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
120going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
121to debugger commands.
c906108c 122
56caf160
EZ
123@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
124While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 125picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
126programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
127mollify the debugger.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
130Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
131heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 132
56caf160
EZ
133@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
134available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
135supports.
c906108c
SS
136
137
138@node Overall Structure
139
140@chapter Overall Structure
141
56caf160
EZ
142@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
143symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
144@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 145
2e685b93 146The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
147supporting code.
148
149The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
150interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
151parsing, type and value printing.
152
153The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
154physical target manipulation.
155
156The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
157number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
158elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
159supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
160this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
161should fit together.
162
163@section The Symbol Side
164
56caf160
EZ
165The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
166you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
167For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
168many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
169
170@section The Target Side
171
56caf160
EZ
172The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
173Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
174of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
175available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
176
177Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
178display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 179such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
180relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
181way.
182
183@section Configurations
184
56caf160
EZ
185@cindex host
186@cindex target
25822942 187@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
188@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
189executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
190third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
191
192Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
193Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
194float format.
195
196Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
197dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
198breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
199to call a function.
200
201Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
202is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
203host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
204process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
205registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
206in the native-dependent files.
207
208Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
209are really part of the target environment, but which require
210@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
211file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
212
25822942 213When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
214have to include all three kinds of information.
215
25ab7e6d
EZ
216@section Source Tree Structure
217@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
218
219The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
220are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
221to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
222@file{dwarfread.c} reads DWARF, etc.
223
224Files that are related to some common task have names that share
225common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
226debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
227reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
228deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
229parlance for the program being debugged).
230
231There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
232@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
233files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
234(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
235specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
236
237Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
238debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
239native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
240
241The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
242
243@table @file
244@item cli
245Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
246Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
247
248@item gdbserver
249Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
250
251@item gdbtk
252Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
253
254@item mi
255The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
256
257@item signals
258Target signal translation code.
259
260@item tui
261Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
262Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
263@end table
c906108c
SS
264
265@node Algorithms
266
267@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 268@cindex algorithms
c906108c 269
56caf160
EZ
270@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
271often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
272cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
273algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
274they use.
c906108c
SS
275
276@section Frames
277
56caf160
EZ
278@cindex frame
279@cindex call stack frame
280A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
281and called functions.
c906108c 282
410dd08e 283@cindex frame, unwind
c5e30d01
AC
284@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
285need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
286the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
287Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
d3e8051b 288read the @sc{dwarf} specification.
410dd08e
JB
289
290@findex frame_register_unwind
c5e30d01
AC
291@findex get_frame_register
292@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
293``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
294@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
295frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
296#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
297obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
298frame itself?
410dd08e
JB
299
300@cindex sentinel frame
301@findex get_frame_type
302@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
303To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
304``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
305the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
306is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) ==
307SENTINEL_FRAME}.
308
7d30c22d
JB
309@section Prologue Analysis
310
311@cindex prologue analysis
312@cindex call frame information
313@cindex CFI (call frame information)
314To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
315variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
316of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
317saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
318younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
319scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
320changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
321may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
322
323Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
324which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
325But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
326technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
327registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
328code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
329allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
330register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 331accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
332helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
333CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
334@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
335calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
336
337In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
338target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
339optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
340write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
341understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
342GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
343understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
344themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
345and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
346instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
347
348@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
349@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
350@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
351To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
352and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
353prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
354analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
355framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
356``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
357using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
358would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
359starts with the instruction:
360
361@example
362addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
363@end example
364@noindent
365we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
366this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
367value.
368
369If we then see an instruction like:
370
371@example
372addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
373@end example
374@noindent
375we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
376it is now 64 greater than its original value.
377
378If the next instruction were:
379
380@example
381mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
382@end example
383@noindent
384then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
385@code{r1} plus 64.
386
387It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
388need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
389registers. So after an instruction like this:
390
391@example
392mov (fp+4), r2
393@end example
394@noindent
395then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
396holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
397
398And so on.
399
400Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
401wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
402the instruction:
403
404@example
405xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
406@end example
407@noindent
408then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
409a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
410relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
411``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
412information is acceptable for our application.
413
414So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
415approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
416never inaccurate.
417
418Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
419machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
420contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
421from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
422current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
423Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
424kept track of.
425
426@itemize @bullet
427
428@item
429To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
430stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
431minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
432If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
433the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
434we don't know the frame size.
435
436@item
437To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
438search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
439registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
440original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
441to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
442anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
443@end itemize
444
445This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
446quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
447forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
448function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
449of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
450worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
451and maintain. In the approach described above:
452
453@itemize @bullet
454
455@item
456It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 457whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
458the effect of each instruction.
459
460@item
461It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
462instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
463wasn't already broken before.
464
465@item
466It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
467complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
468of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
469what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
470already gathering the right data for you.
471
472@end itemize
473
474The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
475the framework and how to use it.
476
477
c906108c
SS
478@section Breakpoint Handling
479
56caf160 480@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
481In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
482where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
483that location.
484
485There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
486breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
487
56caf160
EZ
488@cindex hardware breakpoints
489@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
490Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
491features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
492register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 493(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 494ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
495exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
496
497Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
498include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
499processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
500address.
501
502A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
503breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
504software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
505breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 506@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 507for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
508
509Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 510limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 511start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 512notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
513whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
514breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
515an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
516
517@cindex software breakpoints
518Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
519The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
520instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
521that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
522@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
523user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
524instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
525
526Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 527must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 528can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 529although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
530
531Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
532instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
533target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
534breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
535larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
536targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
537instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
538set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
539although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
540instruction.
541
56caf160 542@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
543The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
544@code{BREAKPOINT}.
545
546Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
547much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
548
8181d85f
DJ
549@table @code
550@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
551@findex target_remove_breakpoint
552@findex target_insert_breakpoint
553@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
554@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
555Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
556@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
557non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
558breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
559@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
560to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
561@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
562related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
563contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
564if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
565underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
566memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
567@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
568it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
569
570For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
571shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
572the length reported by @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} is cached in
573@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
574used to remove the breakpoint.
575
576@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
577@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
578@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
579@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
580@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
581Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
582@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
583non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
584a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
585@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
586@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
587but @code{placed_size} may be.
588@end table
589
c906108c
SS
590@section Single Stepping
591
592@section Signal Handling
593
594@section Thread Handling
595
596@section Inferior Function Calls
597
598@section Longjmp Support
599
56caf160 600@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 601@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
602@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
603stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
604which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
605command.
c906108c 606
56caf160 607@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
608To make this work, you need to define a macro called
609@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
610structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
611is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 612@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
613@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
614
9742079a
EZ
615@section Watchpoints
616@cindex watchpoints
617
618Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
619breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
620instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
621your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
622hunt down and kill such bugs.
623
624@cindex hardware watchpoints
625@cindex software watchpoints
626Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
627known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
628hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
629software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
630will use software watchpoints are:
631
632@itemize @bullet
633@item
634The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
635watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
636to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
637more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
638watchpoints.
639
640@item
641The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
642registers (as opposed to memory).
643
644@item
645Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
646this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
647resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
648breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
649breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
650
651@item
652No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
653implementation.
654@end itemize
655
656Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
657single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
658watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
659section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
660
b6b8ece6
EZ
661When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
662possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
663For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
664watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
665whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
666watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
667returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
668description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
669primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
670watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
671that address.
672
9742079a
EZ
673@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
674watchpoints:
675
676@table @code
677@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
678@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
679If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
680
681@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
682@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
683Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
684possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
685of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
686not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
687number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
688is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
689are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
690the same time).
691
692@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
693@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
694Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
695whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
696
b6b8ece6 697@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
698@findex target_insert_watchpoint
699@findex target_remove_watchpoint
700@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
701@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
702Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
703@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
704possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
705defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
706
474c8240 707@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
708 enum target_hw_bp_type
709 @{
710 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
711 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
712 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
713 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
714 @};
474c8240 715@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
716
717@noindent
718These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
719
9742079a 720@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
721@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
722If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
723associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
724@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
725this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
726data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
727support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
728primitives.
9742079a 729
9742079a
EZ
730@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
731@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
732If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
733watchpoint to step over it.
734
735@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
736@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
737If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
738watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
739
740@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
741@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
742If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
743inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
744
745@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
746@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
747If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
748watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
749
750@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
751@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
752Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
753the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
754Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
755the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
756type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
757target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
758the @var{wait_status} argument.
759
760@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
761@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
762determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
763it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
764@end table
765
766@subsection x86 Watchpoints
767@cindex x86 debug registers
768@cindex watchpoints, on x86
769
770The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
771registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
772generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
773support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
774subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
775
776To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
777following:
778
779@itemize @bullet
780@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
781@item
782Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
783target-dependent headers.
784
785@item
786Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
787defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
788
789@item
790Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
791@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
792@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
793
794@item
795Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
796below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
797which does the real work.
798@end itemize
799
800The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
801debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
802real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
803provide:
804
805@table @code
806@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
807@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
808Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
809
810@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
811@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
812Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
813
814@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
815@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
816Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
817number @var{idx}.
818
819@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
820@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
821Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
822used immediately after it is returned by
823@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
824register values.
825@end table
826
827For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
828that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
829to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
830allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
831expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
832wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
833maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
834anything to use this feature.
835
836The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
837bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
838be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
839region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
840@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
841bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
842a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
843region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
844
845The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
846@value{GDBN}'s application code:
847
848@table @code
849@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
850@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
851The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
852this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
853watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
854less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
855processors.
856
857@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
858@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
859The target function
860@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
861This
9742079a
EZ
862function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
863Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
864macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
865set in DR6.
866
ac77d04f
JJ
867@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
868@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
869The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
870is set to call this function. The
871argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
872function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
873Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
874macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
875returned.
876
9742079a
EZ
877@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
878@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
879@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
880@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
881Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
882@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
883are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
884looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
885region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
886reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
887register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
888the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
889value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
890register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
891and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
892inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
893@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
894required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
895each debug register.
896
897@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
898in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
899length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
900values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
901@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
902watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
903decrements the reference count, and only calls
904@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
905the count goes to zero.
906
907@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
908@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
909@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
910@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
911These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
912macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
913@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
914The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
915the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
916These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
917@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
918the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
919hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
920register.
921
922@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
923@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
924This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
925hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 926@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
927address whose watchpoint triggered.
928
929@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
930@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
931This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
932bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
933the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
934@end table
935
936@noindent
937@strong{Notes:}
938@enumerate 1
939@item
940x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
941However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
942@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
943watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
944on x86.
945
946@item
947x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
948only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
949there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
950whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
951current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
952always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
953watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
954unavailable in many platforms.
955@end enumerate
956
5c95884b
MS
957@section Checkpoints
958@cindex checkpoints
959@cindex restart
960In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
961the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
962
963Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
964whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
965state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
966registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
967of open files and devices.
968
969There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 970in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
971method implemented on the target side.
972
973A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
974state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
975not typically include information about external entities such as
976open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
977
978A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
979as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
980is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
981be used on other systems.
982
b247355e 983Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
984method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
985advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
986details of how it is done.
987
988
bcd7e15f
JB
989@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
990@cindex observer pattern interface
991@cindex notifications about changes in internals
992
993In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
994some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
995modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
996hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
997versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
998@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
999a strong limitation.
1000
1001A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1002Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1003a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1004previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1005easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1006interface when adding new notifications.
1007
1008See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1009currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1010implementation is also briefly discussed.
1011
c906108c
SS
1012@node User Interface
1013
1014@chapter User Interface
1015
25822942 1016@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
1017is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
1018
1019@section Command Interpreter
1020
56caf160 1021@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1022@cindex CLI
25822942 1023The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1024allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1025has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1026a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1027
56caf160
EZ
1028For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1029@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1030to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1031
56caf160
EZ
1032@findex add_cmd
1033@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1034To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1035the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1036place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1037the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1038
40dd2248
TT
1039@findex add_setshow_cmd
1040@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1041To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1042@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1043a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1044further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1045the new command structures for manipulation.
1046
56caf160
EZ
1047@cindex deprecating commands
1048@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1049Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1050deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1051aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1052@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1053return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1054command immediately after it is created.
1055
c72e7388 1056The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1057replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1058@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1059entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1060
0ee54786
EZ
1061@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1062@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1063@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1064
1065@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1066The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1067@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1068interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1069from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1070every UI, to produce output.
1071
1072@subsection Overview and Terminology
1073
1074In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1075of output, and can even generate an input request.
1076
1077Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1078
1079@itemize @bullet
1080@item
1081to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1082
1083@item
1084to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1085operation;
1086
1087@item
1088to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1089progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1090
1091@item
1092to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1093
1094@item
1095to show @emph{debug data};
1096
1097@item
1098to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1099@end itemize
1100
1101@noindent
1102This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1103although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1104
1105Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1106involves one or more of the following:
1107
1108@itemize @bullet
1109@item
1110output of the actual data
1111
1112@item
1113formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1114easily readable by humans
1115
1116@item
1117machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1118parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1119
1120@item
c72e7388
AC
1121annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1122parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1123@end itemize
1124
1125The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1126Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1127of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1128deprecated.
1129
c72e7388
AC
1130Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1131a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1132non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1133header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1134
c72e7388
AC
1135@table @code
1136@item <table> @expansion{}
1137@code{<header> <body>}
1138@item <header> @expansion{}
1139@code{@{ <column> @}}
1140@item <column> @expansion{}
1141@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1142@item <body> @expansion{}
1143@code{@{<row>@}}
1144@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1145
1146
1147@subsection General Conventions
1148
c72e7388
AC
1149Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1150@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1151object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1152
c72e7388
AC
1153The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1154to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1155
c72e7388
AC
1156The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1157When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1158sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1159format.
1160
c72e7388
AC
1161When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1162call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1163
1164
c72e7388 1165@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1166
1167@cindex list output functions
1168@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1169@cindex tuple output functions
1170This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1171tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1172(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1173
c72e7388
AC
1174To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1175containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1176fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1177
c72e7388
AC
1178Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1179rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1180even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1181
1182@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1183Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1184maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1185
1186The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1187
474c8240 1188@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1189 ui_out_table_begin
1190 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1191 @dots{}
0ee54786 1192 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1193 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1194 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1195 @dots{}
1196 ui_out_tuple_end
1197 @dots{}
0ee54786 1198 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1199@end smallexample
0ee54786 1200
c72e7388 1201Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1202functions:
1203
c72e7388
AC
1204@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1205The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1206of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1207function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1208the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1209@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1210pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1211@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1212was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1213
1214The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1215the end of the table's output.
1216@end deftypefun
1217
c72e7388
AC
1218@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1219@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1220table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1221column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1222@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1223
1224The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1225value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1226@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1227center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1228specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1229column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1230call.
0ee54786
EZ
1231@end deftypefun
1232
1233@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1234This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1235@end deftypefun
1236
1237@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1238This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1239after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1240functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1241
1242There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1243call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1244will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1245@end deftypefun
1246
c72e7388 1247The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1248call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1249@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1250@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1251calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1252
c72e7388
AC
1253@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1254This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1255to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1256implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1257after the call.
1258@end deftypefun
1259
1260@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1261This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1262one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1263@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1264be signaled.
1265@end deftypefun
1266
1267@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1268This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1269(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1270and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1271cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1272@smallexample
1273struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1274ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1275old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1276 uiout);
1277@end smallexample
1278@end deftypefun
1279
1280@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1281This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1282an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1283implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1284after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1285@end deftypefun
1286
1287@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1288This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1289one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1290@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1291be signaled.
1292@end deftypefun
1293
1294@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1295Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1296opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1297that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1298@end deftypefun
1299
1300@subsection Item Output Functions
1301
1302@cindex item output functions
1303@cindex field output functions
1304@cindex data output
1305The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1306items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1307
1308Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1309
1310@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1311This is the most general output function. It produces the
1312representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1313according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1314@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1315supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1316supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1317
1318This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1319use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1320@end deftypefun
1321
c72e7388 1322@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1323This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1324@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1325the name of the field.
1326@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1327
1328@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1329This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1330@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1331@var{fldname} specifies
1332the name of the field.
1333@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1334
c72e7388 1335@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1336This function outputs an address.
1337@end deftypefun
1338
c72e7388 1339@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1340This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1341specification.
1342@end deftypefun
1343
1344Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1345functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1346@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1347the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1348used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1349of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1350@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1351you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1352@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1353@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1354and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1355constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1356you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1357@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1358
1359@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1360This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1361same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1362passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1363@code{ui_stream} object.
1364@end deftypefun
1365
1366@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1367This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1368@var{streambuf}.
1369@end deftypefun
1370
c72e7388 1371@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1372This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1373@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1374@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1375@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1376the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1377@end deftypefun
1378
1379@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1380out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1381@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1382cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1383skeleton code to do that:
1384
1385@smallexample
1386 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1387 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1388 ...
1389 do_cleanups (old);
1390@end smallexample
1391
1392If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1393of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1394
1395@smallexample
1396 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1397 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1398@end smallexample
1399
1400Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1401@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1402same buffer twice.
1403
1404@subsection Utility Output Functions
1405
c72e7388 1406@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1407This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1408an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1409@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
c72e7388 1412@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1413This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1414easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1415this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1416from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1417
1418Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1419the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1420to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1421string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1422output short messages.
1423@end deftypefun
1424
1425@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1426This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1427text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1428list.
1429@end deftypefun
1430
c72e7388 1431@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1432This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1433verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1434current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1435verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1436setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1437as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1438argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1439@end deftypefun
1440
1441@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1442This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1443of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1444output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1445be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1446accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1447explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1448@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1449@end deftypefun
1450
1451@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1452This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1453the UI buffers output.
1454@end deftypefun
1455
1456
1457@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1458
1459@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1460@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1461This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1462functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1463@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1464@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1465
1466This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1467produce a table.
1468
1469The original code was:
1470
474c8240 1471@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1472 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1473 @{
1474 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1475
1476 annotate_field (0);
1477 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1478 annotate_field (1);
1479 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1480 annotate_field (2);
1481 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1482 annotate_field (3);
1483 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1484 if (addressprint)
1485 @{
1486 annotate_field (4);
1487 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1488 @}
1489 annotate_field (5);
1490 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1491
1492 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1493 @}
474c8240 1494@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1495
1496Here's the new version:
1497
474c8240 1498@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1499 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1500
1501 if (addressprint)
1502 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1503 else
1504 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1505
1506 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1507 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1508 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1509 annotate_field (0);
1510 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1511 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1512 annotate_field (1);
1513 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1514 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1515 annotate_field (2);
1516 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1518 annotate_field (3);
1519 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1520 if (addressprint)
1521 @{
1522 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1523 annotate_field (4);
1524 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1525 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1526 else
c72e7388
AC
1527 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1528 @}
1529 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1530 annotate_field (5);
1531 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1532 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1533 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1534 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1535@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1536
1537This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1538to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1539in the above example. The original code was:
1540
474c8240 1541@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1542 annotate_record ();
1543 annotate_field (0);
1544 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1545 annotate_field (1);
1546 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1547 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1548 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1549 (int)b->type);
1550 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1551 annotate_field (2);
1552 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1553 annotate_field (3);
1554 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1555 @dots{}
474c8240 1556@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1557
1558This is the new version:
1559
474c8240 1560@smallexample
0ee54786 1561 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1562 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1563 annotate_field (0);
1564 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1565 annotate_field (1);
1566 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1567 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1568 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1569 (int) b->type);
1570 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1571 annotate_field (2);
1572 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1573 annotate_field (3);
1574 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1575 @dots{}
474c8240 1576@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1577
1578This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1579produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1580functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1581automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1582
474c8240 1583@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1584 annotate_field (5);
1585 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1586@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1587
1588The new version is:
1589
474c8240 1590@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1591 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1592 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1593 ...
1594 annotate_field (5);
1595 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1596 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1597@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1598
1599This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1600@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1601was:
1602
474c8240 1603@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1604 annotate_field (5);
1605 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1606 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1607 else
1608 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1609@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1610
1611It became:
1612
474c8240 1613@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1614 annotate_field (5);
1615 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1616 @{
1617 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1618 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1619 @}
1620 else
1621 @{
1622 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1623 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1624 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1625 @}
474c8240 1626@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1627
1628The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1629use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1630code was:
1631
474c8240 1632@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1633 annotate_field (5);
1634 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1635 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1636@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1637
1638It became:
1639
474c8240 1640@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1641 annotate_field (5);
1642 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1643 @{
1644 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1645 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1646 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1647 @}
474c8240 1648@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1649
1650Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1651code was:
1652
474c8240 1653@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1654 annotate_field (5);
1655 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1656 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1657@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1658
1659It became:
1660
474c8240 1661@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1662 annotate_field (5);
1663 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1664 @{
1665 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1666 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1667 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1668 @}
474c8240 1669@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1670
1671Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1672
474c8240 1673@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1674 annotate_field (4);
1675 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1676 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1677@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1678
1679It became:
1680
474c8240 1681@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1682 annotate_field (4);
1683 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1684@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1685
1686
c906108c
SS
1687@section Console Printing
1688
1689@section TUI
1690
89437448 1691@node libgdb
c906108c 1692
89437448
AC
1693@chapter libgdb
1694
1695@section libgdb 1.0
1696@cindex @code{libgdb}
1697@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1698to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1699
1700@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1701@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1702@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1703better able to support graphical and other environments.
1704
1705Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1706evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1707
1708@itemize @bullet
1709@item
1710Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1711@item
1712Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1713@item
1714Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1715@item
1716Library - @file{gdb.h}
1717@end itemize
1718
1719The model that ties these components together is described below.
1720
1721@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1722
1723A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1724
1725@itemize @bullet
1726@item
1727As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1728@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1729state, etc).
1730@item
1731As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1732obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1733@end itemize
1734
c1468174 1735Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1736the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1737controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1738@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1739before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1740
1741@section CLI support
1742
1743At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1744@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1745their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1746requirements.
1747
1748It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1749(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1750out the theory:
1751
1752@itemize @bullet
1753@item
1754The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1755@item
1756The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1757versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1758@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1759@item
1760The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1761used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1762@end itemize
1763
1764When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1765along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1766the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1767through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1768At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1769virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1770
1771The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1772@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1773client's custom builder).
1774
1775@section @code{libgdb} components
1776
1777@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1778@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1779be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1780observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1781the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1782finished the current command.
1783
1784@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1785@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1786create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1787when doing any queries.
1788
1789@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1790@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1791@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1792loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1793implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1794
1795The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1796@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1797instead of returning.
1798
1799@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1800@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1801the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1802builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1803before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1804
1805@node Symbol Handling
1806
1807@chapter Symbol Handling
1808
25822942 1809Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1810functions, and types.
1811
1812@section Symbol Reading
1813
56caf160
EZ
1814@cindex symbol reading
1815@cindex reading of symbols
1816@cindex symbol files
1817@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1818file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1819debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1820symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1821more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1822reading symbols from shared libraries.
1823
1824@findex find_sym_fns
1825Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1826the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1827of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1828this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1829
1830@findex add_symtab_fns
1831@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1832@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1833Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1834@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1835to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1836name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1837and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1838times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1839prefix.
1840
1841The functions supplied by each module are:
1842
1843@table @code
1844@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1845
56caf160 1846@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1847Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1848symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1849resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1850read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1851might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1852whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1853
1854The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1855@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1856new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1857and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1858information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1859in the @code{private} field.
1860
1861There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1862@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1863
1864@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1865
1866Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1867This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1868state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1869@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1870arguments and no result. It may be called after
1871@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1872may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1873
1874@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1875
1876Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1877symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1878
56caf160 1879@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1880@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1881the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1882address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 1883table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
1884or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1885@end table
1886
1887In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1888@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1889to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1890from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1891
1892@table @code
1893@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1894
56caf160 1895Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1896the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1897pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1898symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1899@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1900zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1901@end table
1902
1903@section Partial Symbol Tables
1904
56caf160 1905@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1906
1907@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1908@cindex full symbol table
1909@cindex symtabs
1910@item
1911Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1912information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1913
56caf160
EZ
1914@cindex psymtabs
1915@item
1916Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1917information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1918symbol table.
1919
56caf160
EZ
1920@cindex minimal symbol table
1921@cindex minsymtabs
1922@item
1923Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1924gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1925@end itemize
1926
56caf160 1927@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1928This section describes partial symbol tables.
1929
1930A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1931file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1932extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1933need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1934information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1935quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1936pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1937the user.
1938@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1939
1940The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1941visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1942that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1943types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1944
1945The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1946full symbol table would represent.
1947
56caf160
EZ
1948@cindex finding a symbol
1949@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1950The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1951code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1952
1953@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1954@findex find_pc_function
1955@findex find_pc_line
1956@item
c1468174 1957By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
1958function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1959range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1960@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1961@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1962
56caf160
EZ
1963@cindex lookup_symbol
1964@item
1965By its name
c1468174 1966(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
1967function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1968psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1969have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1970case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1971qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1972local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1973does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1974@end itemize
1975
1976The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1977at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1978while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1979psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1980them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1981either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1982name.
1983
56caf160
EZ
1984It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1985been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1986in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1987all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1988ranges.
c906108c 1989
56caf160 1990The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1991thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1992be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1993bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1994and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1995on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1996unless you want to do a lot more work.
1997
1998@section Types
1999
56caf160 2000@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2001
56caf160 2002@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2003These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2004types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2005into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2006that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2007knows about.
c906108c 2008
56caf160 2009@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2010
56caf160
EZ
2011@cindex type codes
2012Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2013of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2014@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2015which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2016types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2017other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2018or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2019
56caf160 2020@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2021
2022These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2023fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2024use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2025eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2026initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2027@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2028an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2029@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2030only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2031@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2032some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2033
2034@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2035@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2036
2037@subsection a.out
2038
56caf160
EZ
2039@cindex @code{a.out} format
2040The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2041consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2042which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2043respectively.
c906108c 2044
56caf160 2045The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2046place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2047@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2048format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2049symbols with distinctive attributes.
2050
56caf160 2051The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2052
2053@subsection COFF
2054
56caf160 2055@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2056The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2057COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2058number of sections is limited.
2059
2060The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
2061was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
2062instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2063included file.
2064
2065The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2066
2067@subsection ECOFF
2068
56caf160 2069@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2070ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2071workstations.
2072
2073The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2074
2075@subsection XCOFF
2076
56caf160 2077@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2078The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2079The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2080symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2081@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2082information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2083
2084The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2085shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2086refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2087relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2088using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2089been run (or the core file has been read).
2090
2091@subsection PE
2092
56caf160
EZ
2093@cindex PE-COFF format
2094Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2095executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2096
25822942 2097While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2098COFF reader.
2099
2100@subsection ELF
2101
56caf160 2102@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
2103The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
2104to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
2105many of COFF's limitations.
2106
2107The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2108
2109@subsection SOM
2110
56caf160 2111@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2112SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2113SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2114
2115The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
2116
2117@subsection Other File Formats
2118
56caf160 2119@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 2120Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 2121Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
2122
2123@section Debugging File Formats
2124
2125This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2126are independent of the object file format.
2127
2128@subsection stabs
2129
56caf160 2130@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2131@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2132format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2133formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2134
2135While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2136including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2137the real work.
2138
2139@subsection COFF
2140
56caf160 2141@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2142The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2143of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2144
2145@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2146
56caf160 2147@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2148ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2149
2150The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2151
2152@subsection DWARF 1
2153
56caf160 2154@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2155DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
2156used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
2157
c906108c
SS
2158@c GCC_PRODUCER
2159@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
2160@c LCC_PRODUCER
2161@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
2162@c these have reasonable defaults already.
2163
2164The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
2165
2166@subsection DWARF 2
2167
56caf160 2168@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2169DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2170
2171The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2172
2173@subsection SOM
2174
56caf160 2175@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2176Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2177
25822942 2178@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2179
56caf160
EZ
2180@cindex adding debugging info reader
2181If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2182there is probably little to be done.
2183
2184If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2185BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2186
2187You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 2188debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 2189from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 2190information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
2191internal data structures.
2192
2193For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2194to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2195platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2196will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2197directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2198@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2199
c91d38aa
DJ
2200@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2201
2202Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2203its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2204namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2205
2206Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2207released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2208objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2209they could be unloaded at different times.
2210
2211User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2212these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2213is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2214the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2215
c906108c
SS
2216
2217@node Language Support
2218
2219@chapter Language Support
2220
56caf160
EZ
2221@cindex language support
2222@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2223although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2224manually.
c906108c 2225
56caf160
EZ
2226@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2227of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2228means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2229identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2230
25822942 2231@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2232
56caf160
EZ
2233@cindex adding source language
2234To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2235following steps:
c906108c
SS
2236
2237@table @emph
2238@item Create the expression parser.
2239
56caf160 2240@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2241This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2242building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2243@file{parse.c}.
2244
56caf160 2245@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2246Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2247parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2248@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2249various parsers from defining the same global names:
2250
474c8240 2251@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2252#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2253#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2254#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2255#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2256#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2257#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2258#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2259#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2260#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2261#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2262#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2263#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2264#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2265#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2266#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2267#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2268@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2269
2270At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2271initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2272@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2273@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2274that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2275and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2276@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2277language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2278for more information.
2279
2280@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2281
56caf160
EZ
2282@cindex expression evaluation routines
2283@findex evaluate_subexp
2284@findex prefixify_subexp
2285@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2286If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2287add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2288code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2289defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2290for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2291@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2292the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2293
2294@item Update some existing code
2295
2296Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2297@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2298
2299Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2300These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2301are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2302statement, an error is reported.
2303
56caf160 2304@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2305Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2306@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2307@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2308string.
2309
56caf160 2310@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2311Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2312language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2313dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2314
56caf160 2315@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2316Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2317code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2318This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2319Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2320file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2321information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2322code.
2323
56caf160
EZ
2324@findex print_subexp
2325@findex op_print_tab
2326Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2327expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2328printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2329
2330@item Add a place of call
2331
56caf160 2332@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2333Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2334@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2335
2336@item Use macros to trim code
2337
56caf160 2338@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2339The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2340languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2341@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2342macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2343leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2344using your language.
2345
25822942 2346Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2347is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2348compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2349
56caf160
EZ
2350See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2351for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2352
2353@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2354
2355Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2356variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2357not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2358distribution!
c906108c
SS
2359@end table
2360
2361
2362@node Host Definition
2363
2364@chapter Host Definition
2365
56caf160 2366With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2367definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2368mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2369
2370@section Adding a New Host
2371
56caf160
EZ
2372@cindex adding a new host
2373@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2374@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2375New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2376@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2377below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2378eventually disappear.
c906108c 2379
c906108c 2380@table @file
c906108c 2381@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2382This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2383(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2384configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2385
2386Host configuration information included a definition of
2387@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2388@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2389@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2390
7fd60527
AC
2391New host only configurations do not need this file.
2392
c906108c 2393@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2394This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2395gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2396handled by Autoconf.
2397
2398New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2399
2400@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2401file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2402@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2403also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2404
c906108c
SS
2405@end table
2406
2407@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2408
56caf160 2409@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2410There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2411various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2412defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2413the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2414@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2415
2416Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2417to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2418Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2419into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2420
2421@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2422@cindex remote debugging support
2423@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2424@item ser-unix.c
2425This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2426included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2427variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2428
2429@item ser-go32.c
2430This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2431using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2432
56caf160 2433@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2434@item ser-tcp.c
2435This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2436@end table
2437
2438@section Host Conditionals
2439
56caf160
EZ
2440When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2441defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2442attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2443the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2444they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2445
56caf160 2446@ftable @code
25822942 2447@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2448The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2449@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2450
cce74817
JM
2451@item NO_STD_REGS
2452This macro is deprecated.
2453
c906108c
SS
2454@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2455If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2456of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2457
2458@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2459Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2460the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2461
2462@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2463@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2464Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2465@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2466@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2467on several different types of systems.
2468
2469@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2470@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2471Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2472line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2473characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2474which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2475mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2476
2477@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2478@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2479The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2480
2481@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2482@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2483The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2484
c906108c
SS
2485@item FOPEN_RB
2486Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2487
c906108c 2488@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2489@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2490In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2491tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2492
c906108c
SS
2493@item HAVE_TERMIO
2494Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2495
c906108c 2496@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2497@itemx INT_MIN
2498@itemx LONG_MAX
2499@itemx UINT_MAX
2500@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2501Values for host-side constants.
2502
2503@item ISATTY
2504Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2505
2506@item LONGEST
2507This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2508it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2509@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2510
2511@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2512@cindex @code{long long} data type
2513Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2514by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2515
2516@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2517Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2518the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2519@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2520
2521@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2522Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2523set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2524
2525@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2526Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2527numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2528set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2529
2530@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2531Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2532float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2533@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2534
2535@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2536Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2537@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2538is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2539
2540@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2541This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2542@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2543which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2544
c906108c
SS
2545@item NORETURN
2546If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2547that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2548indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2549if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2550
2551@item ATTR_NORETURN
2552If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2553@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2554of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2555set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2556defined.
2557
c906108c 2558@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2559@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2560Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2561defined.
2562
2563@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2564This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2565@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2566
c906108c
SS
2567@item USG
2568Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2569This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2570@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2571
2572@item lint
56caf160 2573Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2574
2575@item volatile
2576Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2577@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2578@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2579
2580
2581@node Target Architecture Definition
2582
2583@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2584
56caf160
EZ
2585@cindex target architecture definition
2586@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2587machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2588with them.
c906108c 2589
af6c57ea
AC
2590The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2591@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2592using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2593
70f80edf
JT
2594@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2595@cindex OS ABI variants
2596
2597@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2598ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2599variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2600components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2601
2602A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2603(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2604OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2605to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2606considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2607overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2608architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2609different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2610OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2611examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2612sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2613
2614@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2615A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2616selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2617for each BFD architecture.
2618
f4b3909f 2619The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2620
2621@table @code
2622
f4b3909f
EZ
2623@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2624@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2625Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2626
70f80edf
JT
2627@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2628@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2629The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2630settings for the architecture will be used.
2631
2632@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2633@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2634UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2635
2636@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2637@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2638GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2639
2640@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2641@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2642Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2643
2644@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2645@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2646OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2647
2648@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2649@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2650GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2651
2652@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2653@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2654FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2655
2656@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2657@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2658FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2659
2660@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2661@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2662NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2663
2664@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2665@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2666NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2667
2668@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2669@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2670OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2671
2672@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2673@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2674Windows CE.
70f80edf 2675
1029b7fa
MK
2676@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2677@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2678DJGPP.
1029b7fa
MK
2679
2680@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2681@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
f4b3909f
EZ
2682Novell NetWare.
2683
2684@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2685@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2686Irix.
2687
2688@findex GDB_OSABI_LYNXOS
2689@item GDB_OSABI_LYNXOS
2690LynxOS.
2691
2692@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2693@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2694Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2695
f4b3909f
EZ
2696@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2697@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2698HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2699
f4b3909f
EZ
2700@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2701@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2702HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2703
f4b3909f
EZ
2704@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2705@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2706QNX Neutrino.
2707
2708@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2709@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2710Cygwin.
2711
2712@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2713@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2714AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2715
2716@end table
2717
2718Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2719
2720@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2721Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2722@end deftypefun
2723
c133ab7a 2724@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2725Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2726architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2727@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2728machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2729will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2730@end deftypefun
2731
2732@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2733Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2734BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2735If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2736be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2737any architecture.
2738@end deftypefun
2739
2740@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2741Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2742The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2743be determined.
2744@end deftypefun
2745
2746@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2747Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2748@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2749corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2750architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2751with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2752@end deftypefun
2753
f4b3909f
EZ
2754@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2755Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2756@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2757from the note. This function should be called via
2758@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2759@end deftypefun
2760
7a107747
DJ
2761@section Initializing a New Architecture
2762
2763Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2764via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2765registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2766the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2767be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2768are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2769
2770The initialization function has this type:
2771
2772@smallexample
2773static struct gdbarch *
2774@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2775 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2776@end smallexample
2777
2778The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2779architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2780have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2781value.
2782
2783The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2784is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2785search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2786return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2787create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2788
2789Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2790architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2791defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2792However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2793so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2794defaults from @var{arches}.
2795
c906108c
SS
2796@section Registers and Memory
2797
56caf160
EZ
2798@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2799@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2800block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2801
56caf160
EZ
2802@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2803compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2804that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2805to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2806and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2807
25822942 2808@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2809
93e79dbd
JB
2810@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2811@cindex pointer representation
2812@cindex address representation
2813@cindex word-addressed machines
2814@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2815@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2816@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2817@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2818@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2819@cindex D10V addresses
2820
2821On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2822indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2823whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2824machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2825However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2826address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2827identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2828
172c2a43 2829For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2830instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2831actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2832jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2833full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2834If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2835then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2836However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2837low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2838zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2839the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2840refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2841code space.
2842
2843However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2844forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2845@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2846@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2847
2848(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2849affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2850going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2851
56caf160
EZ
2852To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2853one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2854byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2855of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2856@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2857@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2858@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2859and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2860
2861Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2862processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2863each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2864distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2865clean up some architecture-independent code.
2866
2867Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2868
2869@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2870Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2871@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2872appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2873@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2874@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2875inferior's.
2876
2877For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2878extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2879@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2880D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2881@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2882
2883If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2884will signal an internal error.
2885@end deftypefun
2886
2887@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2888Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2889pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2890@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2891inferior's.
2892
2893For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2894stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2895appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2896is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2897a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2898
2899If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2900will signal an internal error.
2901@end deftypefun
2902
f23631e4 2903@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2904Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2905as appropriate for the current architecture.
2906
2907This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2908For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2909described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2910@end deftypefun
2911
2912@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2913Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2914the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2915This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2916above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2917@end deftypefun
2918
93e79dbd
JB
2919Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2920relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2921definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2922simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2923
2924@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2925Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2926appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2927address the pointer refers to.
2928
2929This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2930C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2931@end deftypefn
2932
2933@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2934Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2935@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2936
2937This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2938C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2939@end deftypefn
2940
b5b0480a
KB
2941@section Address Classes
2942@cindex address classes
2943@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2944@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2945
2946Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2947via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2948define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2949distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2950info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2951address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2952following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2953types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2954a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2955
2956@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2957Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2958is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2959This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2960@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2961@end deftypefn
2962
2963@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2964Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2965its name.
2966@end deftypefn
2967@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 2968Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a
KB
2969for that address class qualifier.
2970@end deftypefn
2971
2972Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2973the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2974macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2975
2976Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
297732-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2978suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2979uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2980of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2981to implement the address class macros:
2982
2983@smallexample
2984somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2985 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2986@{
b5b0480a
KB
2987 if (byte_size == 2)
2988 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2989 else
2990 return 0;
f2abfe65 2991@}
b5b0480a
KB
2992
2993static char *
2994somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2995@{
b5b0480a
KB
2996 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2997 return "short";
2998 else
2999 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3000@}
b5b0480a
KB
3001
3002int
3003somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3004 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3005@{
b5b0480a 3006 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3007 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3008 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3009 return 1;
f2abfe65 3010 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3011 else
3012 return 0;
f2abfe65 3013@}
b5b0480a
KB
3014@end smallexample
3015
3016The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
3017to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
3018the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
3019short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
3020
3021@smallexample
3022(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3023type = int * @@short
3024@end smallexample
3025
93e79dbd 3026
13d01224
AC
3027@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3028@cindex raw register representation
3029@cindex virtual register representation
3030@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3031
3032@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3033functionality described here has largely been replaced by
3034pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
3035Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
3036Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3037Bug Tracking Database} and
3038@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3039up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3040
9fb4dd36
JB
3041Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3042register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3043In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3044the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3045used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3046
13d01224
AC
3047@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3048both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3049register forms.}
3050
9fb4dd36
JB
3051For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3052raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3053However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3054
3055@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3056@item
56caf160 3057The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3058we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3059floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3060are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3061allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3062type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3063arrangement is the virtual representation.
3064
3065@item
25822942
DB
3066Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3067registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3068bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3069raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3070virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3071@end itemize
3072
3073In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3074@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3075can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3076@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3077@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3078
56caf160
EZ
3079Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3080conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3081
3082@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3083Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3084and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3085
3086You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3087unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3088@end deftypefn
3089
12c266ea 3090@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 3091The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 3092of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3093remote protocol packet.
3094@end deftypefn
3095
f30992d4 3096@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3097The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
3098This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
3099register's value.
3100@end deftypefn
3101
2e092625 3102@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3103This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
3104@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 3105register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3106always uses the virtual form.
3107@end deftypefn
3108
3109@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3110Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3111should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3112at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3113convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3114
6f6ef15a
EZ
3115Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3116@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3117arguments in different orders.
3118
3119You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3120for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3121value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3122@end deftypefn
3123
3124@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3125Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3126should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3127at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3128convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3129
3130Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3131their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3132@end deftypefn
3133
3134
13d01224
AC
3135@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3136@cindex register representation
3137@cindex memory representation
3138@cindex representations, register and memory
3139@cindex register data formats, converting
3140@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3141
3142@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3143significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3144section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3145@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3146@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3147further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3148
3149Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3150form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3151For example:
3152
3153@itemize @bullet
3154
3155@item
3156The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3157floating-point registers.
3158
3159@item
3160The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3161@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3162when stored in a register.
3163
3164@end itemize
3165
3166In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3167the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3168the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3169Interface.
3170
3171For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3172representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3173However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3174following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3175representations of a data type:
3176
3177@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
3178Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3179register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3180when stored in memory.
3181
3182When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
3183@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
3184@end deftypefn
3185
3186@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3187Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3188@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3189format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3190
3191Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3192their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3193
3194You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
3195the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3196@end deftypefn
3197
3198@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3199Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3200raw format.
3201
3202Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3203their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3204
3205You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
3206the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3207@end deftypefn
3208
3209@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
3210See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
3211@end deftypefn
3212
3213
c906108c
SS
3214@section Frame Interpretation
3215
3216@section Inferior Call Setup
3217
3218@section Compiler Characteristics
3219
3220@section Target Conditionals
3221
3222This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
3223machine.
3224
3225@table @code
3226
c906108c 3227@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 3228@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
3229If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
3230really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 3231expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
3232addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
3233
3234For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
32352.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3236instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3237boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
3238address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
3239bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 3240
b5b0480a
KB
3241@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3242@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
3243If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3244referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3245and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3246return 0.
3247
3248The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3249@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3250possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3251@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3252
3253@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3254@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3255Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
3256has been defined.
3257
3258@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3259@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3260Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3261the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3262used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3263returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3264@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3265values or'd together.
3266@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3267
3268@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3269@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3270Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
3271been defined.
3272
3273@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
3274@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
3275Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3276flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3277
3278@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
3279@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
3280Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
3281been defined.
3282@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3283
93e79dbd 3284@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 3285@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
3286Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3287@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3288This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3289C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3290@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3291
c906108c 3292@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
3293@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
3294Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
3295parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3296original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3297
c906108c 3298@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
3299@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
3300Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 3301endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3302are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
3303
3304@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3305@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3306This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3307memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3308instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3309pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3310longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3311
56caf160
EZ
3312@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
3313@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3314
c906108c 3315@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3316@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3317@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3318@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3319Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3320
56caf160
EZ
3321@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3322favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3323
2dd0da42
AC
3324@item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3325@itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3326@itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3327@findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3328@findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3329@findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3330Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target.
3331@code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT},
3332@code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and
3333@code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3334favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}).
c906108c 3335
56caf160
EZ
3336@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3337@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
3338@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
3339contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3340a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3341length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3342counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3343breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3344
3345Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3346not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3347instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3348instruction of the architecture.
3349
7a292a7a
SS
3350Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3351
8181d85f
DJ
3352@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
3353@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
56caf160
EZ
3354@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
3355@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
3356Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3357(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3358@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
3359provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
3360architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3361@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3362likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3363conventional manner.
3364
3365It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3366custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3367@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3368reason.
3369
1485d690
KB
3370@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3371@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3372@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3373Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3374address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3375breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3376
3377The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3378The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3379instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3380instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3381one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3382in parallel.
3383
3384In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3385from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3386information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3387refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3388if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3389statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3390instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3391(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3392in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3393at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3394
3395The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3396breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3397the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3398
3399Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3400expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3401is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3402
c906108c 3403@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3404@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3405See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3406
7043d8dc
AC
3407This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3408(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3409
56caf160
EZ
3410@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3411@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3412A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3413from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3414@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3415
56caf160
EZ
3416@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3417@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3418A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3419written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3420status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3421@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3422
13d01224
AC
3423@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3424@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3425Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3426non-standard form.
3427@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3428
c906108c 3429@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3430@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3431Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3432program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3433@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3434
56caf160
EZ
3435@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3436@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3437If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3438library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3439
5e74b15c 3440@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3441@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3442If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3443the processor's floating point unit.
3444
0ab7a791
AC
3445@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3446@findex print_registers_info
3447If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3448specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3449either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3450registers (@var{all} is zero).
3451
3452The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3453zero omits floating-point registers.
3454
e76f1f2e
AC
3455@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3456@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3457If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3458to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3459
3460By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3461registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3462
0dcedd82 3463@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3464@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3465Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3466no conversion will be performed.
3467
3468@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3469@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3470Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3471defined, no conversion will be performed.
3472
3473@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3474@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3475Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3476no conversion will be performed.
3477
c906108c 3478@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3479@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3480This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3481@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3482
56caf160
EZ
3483@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3484@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3485Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3486the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3487into @var{valbuf}.
3488
92ad9cd9
AC
3489This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3490(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3491
74055713
AC
3492@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3493@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3494@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3495When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3496register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3497its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3498
92ad9cd9 3499@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3500
74055713
AC
3501@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3502@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3503Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3504
0ba6dca9
AC
3505@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3506@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3507If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3508macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3509
0ba6dca9
AC
3510This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3511is not defined.
c906108c 3512
19772a2c
AC
3513@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3514@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3515Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3516represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3517Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3518
790eb8f5
AC
3519@item frame_align (@var{address})
3520@anchor{frame_align}
3521@findex frame_align
3522Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3523requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3524alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3525stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3526
3527This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3528the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3529value are correctly aligned.
3530
f27dd7fd
AC
3531Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3532address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3533
3534By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3535
8b148df9
AC
3536@item int frame_red_zone_size
3537
3538The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3539@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3540allocating extra stack space).
3541
3542When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3543modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3544@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3545stack.
3546
3547By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3548(@pxref{frame_align}).
3549
3550The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3551@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3552@cindex red zone
3553
618ce49f
AC
3554@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3555@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3556Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3557
618ce49f
AC
3558@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3559@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3560Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3561outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3562situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3563chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3564startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3565@code{_start}.
c906108c 3566
f30ee0bc
AC
3567@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3568@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3569See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3570current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3571@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3572@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3573@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3574
fb8f8949 3575@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3576
56caf160
EZ
3577@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3578@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3579For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3580are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3581@code{-1}.
c906108c 3582
8bedc050
AC
3583@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3584@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3585@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3586saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3587
3588This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3589
3590@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3591@findex unwind_pc
3592@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3593caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
d3e8051b 3594This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3595
3596The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3597is typically no more than:
3598
3599@smallexample
3600ULONGEST pc;
3601frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3602return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3603@end smallexample
3604
3605@noindent
8bedc050 3606@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3607
a9e5fdc2
AC
3608@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3609@findex unwind_sp
3610@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3611commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3612
3613The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3614is typically no more than:
3615
3616@smallexample
3617ULONGEST sp;
3618frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3619return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3620@end smallexample
3621
3622@noindent
3623@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3624
c906108c 3625@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3626@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3627For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3628function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3629@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3630function's epilogue.
3631
782263ab
AC
3632@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3633@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3634An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3635used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3636function's first genuine instruction.
3637
3638This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3639the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3640example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3641indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3642VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3643appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3644function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3645@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3646
c906108c 3647@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3648@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3649@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3650@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3651If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3652look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3653are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3654respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3655
25822942 3656@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3657@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3658If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3659within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3660
56caf160 3661This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3662definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3663a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3664defined.
3665
25822942 3666@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3667@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3668This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3669@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3670HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3671used instead.
c906108c 3672
c906108c 3673@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3674@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3675For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3676DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3677the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3678
56caf160
EZ
3679This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3680assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3681@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3682pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3683
ac2adee5
AC
3684@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3685@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3686Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3687@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3688
268e2188
AC
3689@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3690@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3691Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3692conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3693feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3694repenting at leisure.
3695
9742079a
EZ
3696@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3697An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3698support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3699
2df3850c 3700@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3701@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3702Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3703macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3704routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3705
3706On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3707@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3708routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3709
e9582e71
AC
3710@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3711@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3712If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3713stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3714is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3715
a5afb99f
AC
3716@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3717@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3718This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3719@var{prev}. [By default...]
3720
56caf160
EZ
3721@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3722@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3723Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3724stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3725the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3726stack grows upward.
3727
9e5abb06
CV
3728@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3729@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3730Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3731The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3732the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3733final `return from function call' instruction.
3734
aa2a3f87
AC
3735@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3736@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3737@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3738@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3739Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3740given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3741constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3742@var{pc}.
3743
56caf160
EZ
3744@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3745@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3746Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3747trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3748
56caf160
EZ
3749@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3750@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3751Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3752trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3753
56caf160
EZ
3754@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3755@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3756Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3757dynamic linker.
3758
56caf160
EZ
3759@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3760@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3761Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3762should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3763function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3764to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3765stepping will suffice.
3766
fc0c74b1
AC
3767@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3768@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3769@cindex converting integers to addresses
3770Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3771conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3772the current architectures conventions.
3773
3774@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3775their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3776@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3777computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3778major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3779other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3780conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3781out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3782to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3783disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3784method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3785@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3786
3787@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3788Addresses}.
3789
c906108c 3790@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3791@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3792(Specific to the a29k.)
3793
93e79dbd 3794@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3795@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3796Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3797appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3798address the pointer refers to.
3799@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3800
9fb4dd36 3801@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3802@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3803Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3804@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3805
3806@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3807@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3808Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3809@var{type}.
4281a42e 3810@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3811
12c266ea
AC
3812@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3813@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3814Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3815virtual type.
13d01224 3816@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3817
617073a9
AC
3818@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3819@findex register_reggroup_p
3820@cindex register groups
3821Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3822group @var{reggroup}.
3823
3824By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3825
3826@table @code
3827@item float_reggroup
3828Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3829@item vector_reggroup
3830Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3831@item general_reggroup
3832Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3833floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3834@item save_reggroup
3835@itemx restore_reggroup
3836@itemx all_reggroup
3837Any register with a valid name.
3838@end table
3839
f30992d4
AC
3840@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3841@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3842Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3843register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3844Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3845@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3846
2e092625 3847@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3848@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3849Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3850@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3851
77e7e267
AC
3852@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3853@findex register_type
3854If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
d3e8051b 3855supersedes @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3856Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3857
9fb4dd36 3858@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3859@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3860Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3861form.
13d01224 3862@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3863
3864@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3865@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3866Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3867form.
13d01224 3868@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3869
0ab4b752
MK
3870@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3871@findex regset_from_core_section
3872Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3873@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3874
b0ed3589 3875@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3876@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3877Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3878mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3879
d3e8051b 3880@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3881@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3882A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3883@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3884the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3885for examples.
3886
da59e081 3887@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3888@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3889Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3890debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3891them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3892address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3893linking faster.
3894
3895@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3896hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3897entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3898the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3899segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3900
3901@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3902
56caf160 3903@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3904@item
3905@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3906addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3907the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3908linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3909name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3910the address.
3911
3912@item
3913@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3914@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3915and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3916them.
da59e081
JM
3917@end itemize
3918
c906108c 3919@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3920@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3921If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3922counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3923
3924@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3925@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3926If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3927be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3928
3929This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3930@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3931
2df3850c 3932@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3933@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3934If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3935pushing them on the stack.
3936
a38c9fe6
MK
3937@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3938@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3939@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3940@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3941function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3942value.
3943
ee206350
AG
3944This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3945(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3946
c906108c 3947@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3948@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3949A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3950
3951@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3952@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3953(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3954
3955@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3956@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3957If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3958definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3959
749b82f6
AC
3960@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3961@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3962@findex frame_pop
3963If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
d3e8051b 3964method has been superseded by generic code.
c906108c 3965
d4b6d575 3966@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3967@findex push_dummy_call
3968@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3969@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3970the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3971@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3972@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3973
86fe4aaa 3974@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3975function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3976
b24da7d0 3977Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3978
3979This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3980
7043d8dc
AC
3981@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3982@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3983@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3984instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3985called function should return.
3986
3987Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3988should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3989the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3990
3991By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3992(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3993reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3994
434b87dd 3995This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3996@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3997
56caf160
EZ
3998@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3999@findex REGISTER_NAME
4000Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
4001or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 4002
8e823e25
MK
4003@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4004@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
4005@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
4006given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
4007
4008This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
4009(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 4010
b24da7d0
AC
4011@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
4012@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
4013@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
4014notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
d3e8051b 4015passed to the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
b24da7d0
AC
4016after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
4017allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 4018
c906108c 4019@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 4020@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 4021Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
4022defined, no conversion will be done.
4023
963e2bb7 4024@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4025@findex gdbarch_return_value
4026@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4027type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4028would use.
4029
4030@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4031@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4032in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4033value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4034passed in as the function's first parameter.
4035
963e2bb7
AC
4036If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4037non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4038@var{regcache}.
4039
963e2bb7 4040If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4041non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4042@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4043just returned function).
4044
74055713 4045@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
4046return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
4047
4048@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4049store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4050the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4051@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4052instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4053return-value extract and store.}
4054
4055@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4056parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4057that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4058then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4059@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4060
4061@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4062to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4063@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4064limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4065
c2c6d25f 4066@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4067@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 4068Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4069steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4070re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4071hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 4072doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
4073state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
4074macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
4075of a branch or jump.
4076
56caf160
EZ
4077@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
4078@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
4079A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
4080function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 4081
56caf160
EZ
4082@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
4083@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
4084If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4085the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
4086that is at the start of the real function.
4087
4088@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 4089@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 4090If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
4091the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
4092there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
4093
4094@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 4095@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 4096Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 4097declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
4098done.
4099
f27dd7fd
AC
4100@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
4101@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
4102@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
4103Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
4104requirements for the processor's stack.
4105
4106Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
4107upwards.
4108
4109By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 4110
56caf160
EZ
4111@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
4112@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
4113Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
4114delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 4115slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
4116normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
4117
ebba8386 4118@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 4119@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
4120A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
4121@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
4122value that is to be returned.
c906108c 4123
92ad9cd9
AC
4124This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4125(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4126
c906108c 4127@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4128@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4129The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4130current sources.)
4131
c906108c 4132@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4133@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4134Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4135
c3d3ce5b
JB
4136@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4137@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4138Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4139it should be unsigned.
4140
4141The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4142equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4143character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4144Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4145on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4146
c906108c 4147@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4148@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4149Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
4150
ac9a91a7
JM
4151At present this macro is not used.
4152
c906108c 4153@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4154@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4155Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4156
4157@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4158@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4159Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4160
ac9a91a7
JM
4161At present this macro is not used.
4162
c906108c 4163@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 4164@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4165Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4166
4167@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 4168@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4169Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4170
4171@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4172@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4173Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4174
4175@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4176@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4177Number of bits in a long double float;
4178defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4179
4180@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4181@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4182Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
4183
4184@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 4185@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4186Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
4187
4188@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 4189@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4190Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4191
4192@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
4193@findex TARGET_READ_PC
4194@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
4195@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 4196@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
4197@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4198@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4199@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4200@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
4201@findex read_pc
4202@findex write_pc
4203@findex read_sp
56caf160 4204@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 4205@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 4206@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4207left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4208functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
4209
4210These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
4211hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
4212in an ordinary register.
4213
a9e5fdc2
AC
4214@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
4215
56caf160
EZ
4216@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
4217@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
4218Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4219pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4220are not used, a default definition simply returns
4221@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4222
9742079a
EZ
4223@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4224If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4225watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4226other related macros.
4227
7ccaa899
EZ
4228@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
4229@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
4230This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4231instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
4232debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4233a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4234accessor function for the global pointer
4235@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4236the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4237@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4238@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4239decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4240
6314f104
AC
4241@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
4242@findex unwind_dummy_id
4243@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
4244frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
4245frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
4246previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
4247@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 4248
b5622e8d
AC
4249@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4250@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4251If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4252given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4253allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4254being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4255for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4256other compilers.
4257
92ad9cd9
AC
4258This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4259(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4260
13d01224
AC
4261@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4262@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
4263Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
4264@var{regnum}'s.
4265@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4266
56caf160
EZ
4267@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4268@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
4269For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
4270declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
4271nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 4272@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
4273presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
4274@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
4275
56caf160
EZ
4276@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4277@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 4278Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
4279@end table
4280
4281Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4282
56caf160 4283@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4284@item BPT_VECTOR
4285Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4286not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4287
4288@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4289Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
4290
4291@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
4292@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
4293A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4294allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4295
56caf160 4296@end ftable
c906108c
SS
4297
4298@section Adding a New Target
4299
56caf160 4300@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4301The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4302
4303@table @file
56caf160 4304@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4305@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4306Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4307object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4308@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4309the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4310tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4311
4312You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4313but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4314future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4315
c906108c
SS
4316@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4317Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4318some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4319@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4320as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4321function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4322and debug.
4323
af6c57ea
AC
4324@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4325@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4326This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4327processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4328@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4329the same processor.
4330
4331@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4332(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4333macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4334format and instructions.
4335
4336New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4337
c906108c
SS
4338@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4339This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4340processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4341@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4342same processor.
4343
af6c57ea
AC
4344New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4345
c906108c
SS
4346@end table
4347
4348If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4349@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4350facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4351instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4352that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4353@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4354
4355
3352e23e
AC
4356@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
4357@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
4358
4359This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4360an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4361
4362The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4363sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4364instance:
4365
4366@itemize @bullet
4367
4368@item
4369Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4370not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4371
4372@item
4373Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4374@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4375
4376@item
4377Enable multi-arch level one.
4378
4379@item
4380Delete one or more files.
4381
4382@end itemize
4383
4384@noindent
4385There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4386encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4387
4388Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4389and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4390obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4391@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4392process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4393expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4394needed.
4395
4396@subsection Preparation
4397
4398The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4399enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4400the debugger can be compared.
4401
4402At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4403with @option{-Werror}.
4404
4405@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4406
4407The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4408framework. It involves
4409
4410@itemize @bullet
4411
4412@item
4413The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4414above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4415has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4416the architecture:
4417@smallexample
4418static struct gdbarch *
4419d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4420 struct gdbarch_info info;
4421 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4422@{
4423 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4424 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4425 if (arches != NULL)
4426 return arches->gdbarch;
4427 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4428 return gdbarch;
4429@}
4430@end smallexample
4431@noindent
4432@emph{}
4433
4434@item
4435A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4436information:
4437@smallexample
4438static void
4439mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4440 struct ui_file *file)
4441@{
4442 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4443@}
4444@end smallexample
4445
4446@item
4447A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4448architecture:
4449@smallexample
4450void
4451_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4452@{
4453 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4454 mips_dump_tdep);
4455@end smallexample
4456
4457@item
4458Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4459@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4460
4461@end itemize
4462
4463@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4464
4465Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4466
4467@table @code
3352e23e 4468@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4469Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4470@end table
4471
4472@noindent
4473At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4474functions.
4475
4476@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4477
4478Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4479and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4480committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4481an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4482provided.
4483
4484Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4485
4486Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4487functions (patch(es)).
4488
4489Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4490architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4491!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4492
4493@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4494
4495Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4496single patch).
4497
4498Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4499already.
4500
4501@subsection Convert remaining macros
4502
4503Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4504architecture method) in small batches.
4505
4506@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4507
4508This should go smoothly.
4509
4510@subsection Delete the TM file
4511
4512The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4513@file{configure.in} updated.
4514
4515
123dc839
DJ
4516@node Target Descriptions
4517@chapter Target Descriptions
4518@cindex target descriptions
4519
4520The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4521contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4522some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4523instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4524@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4525more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4526directly.
4527
4528For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4529target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4530Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4531topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4532
4533@menu
4534* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4535* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4536@end menu
4537
4538@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4539@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4540@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4541
4542Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4543an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4544reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4545new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4546
4547A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4548@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4549@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4550the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
455164-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4552
4553If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4554incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4555@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4556architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4557new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4558a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4559of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4560properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4561see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4562
4563@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4564@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4565@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4566
4567Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4568instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4569specific routines to support this.
4570
4571A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4572set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4573with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4574responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4575everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4576mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4577standard registers.
4578
4579If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4580registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4581
4582@itemize @bullet
4583
4584@item
4585Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4586searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4587
4588@item
4589Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4590
4591@item
4592Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4593to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4594
4595@item
4596Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4597feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4598the description was incomplete.
4599
4600@item
4601Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4602is called.
4603
4604@item
4605Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4606fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4607
4608@item
4609Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4610returning it.
4611
4612@end itemize
4613
4614After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4615@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4616routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4617the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4618for any additional registers in the description.
4619
4620Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4621
4622@itemize @bullet
4623
4624@item
4625Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4626constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4627as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4628pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4629which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4630can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4631@code{num_regs} instead.
4632
4633@item
4634The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4635architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4636@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4637@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4638describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4639internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4640gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4641
4642@end itemize
4643
4644
c906108c
SS
4645@node Target Vector Definition
4646
4647@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4648@cindex target vector
c906108c 4649
56caf160
EZ
4650The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4651abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4652actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4653@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4654each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4655
52bb452f
DJ
4656@menu
4657* Managing Execution State::
4658* Existing Targets::
4659@end menu
4660
4661@node Managing Execution State
4662@section Managing Execution State
4663@cindex execution state
4664
4665A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4666stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4667manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4668inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4669active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4670when the target has exited or not yet started.
4671
4672For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4673not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4674accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4675program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4676remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4677are directed to the simulator.
4678
4679A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4680onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4681@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4682@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4683
4684A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4685still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4686@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4687call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4688in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4689after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4690time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4691@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4692@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4693@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4694@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4695target to inactive state.
4696
4697@node Existing Targets
4698@section Existing Targets
4699@cindex targets
4700
4701@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4702
4703Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4704
52bb452f 4705@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4706
56caf160
EZ
4707@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4708that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4709@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4710systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4711
56caf160
EZ
4712The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4713your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4714SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4715program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4716
4717The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4718@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4719
4720@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4721@item
4722%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4723
56caf160
EZ
4724@item
4725traps are disabled;
c906108c 4726
56caf160
EZ
4727@item
4728you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4729@end enumerate
4730
4731As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4732is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4733The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4734hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4735which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4736set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4737first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4738
4739For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4740``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4741and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4742controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4743trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4744do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4745of the debugger/stub.
4746
4747From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4748They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4749
52bb452f 4750@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4751
52bb452f 4752@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4753
52bb452f 4754@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4755
52bb452f 4756@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4757
4758
4759@node Native Debugging
4760
4761@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4762@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4763
25822942 4764Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4765
4766@table @file
56caf160 4767@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4768@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4769Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4770machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4771native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4772Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4773@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4774define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4775@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4776
7fd60527
AC
4777@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4778originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4779on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4780purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4781eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4782suffix.}
4783
c906108c 4784@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4785(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4786macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4787child process control and core file support.
4788
4789@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4790Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4791this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4792@end table
4793
4794There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4795various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4796defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4797the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4798@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4799
4800Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4801to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4802Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4803into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4804
4805@table @file
c906108c
SS
4806@item inftarg.c
4807This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4808processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4809
4810@item procfs.c
4811This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4812processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4813
4814@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4815This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4816and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4817
4818@item infptrace.c
4819This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4820the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4821@end table
4822
4823@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4824@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4825
4826@table @file
56caf160 4827@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4828@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4829Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4830@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4831files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4832just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4833@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4834
4835@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4836If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4837@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4838set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4839register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4840``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4841@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4842use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4843you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4844to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4845@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4846the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4847@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4848@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4849implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4850@end table
4851
25822942 4852When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4853possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4854code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4855@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4856machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4857(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4858@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4859exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4860modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4861section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4862segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4863information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4864sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4865section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4866standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4867around in.
4868
25822942 4869Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4870@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4871@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4872It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4873its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4874segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4875register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4876
4877If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4878format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4879reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4880
4881@section ptrace
4882
4883@section /proc
4884
4885@section win32
4886
4887@section shared libraries
4888
4889@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4890@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4891
56caf160
EZ
4892When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4893defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4894target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4895undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4896
1f6d4158
AC
4897@table @code
4898
c906108c 4899@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4900@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4901If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4902define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4903a read from the child.
4904
4905[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4906currently.]
4907
4908@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4909@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4910Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4911@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4912@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4913@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4914routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4915
c906108c 4916@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4917@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4918This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4919point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4920appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4921to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4922
4923@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4924@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4925For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4926DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4927@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4928
56caf160 4929This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4930assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4931@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4932pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4933
9742079a
EZ
4934@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4935An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4936support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4937
c906108c 4938@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4939@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4940Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4941struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4942needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4943addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4944On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4945
c906108c 4946@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4947@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4948Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4949runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4950root directory.
4951
4952@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4953@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4954Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4955user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4956
4957@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4958@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4959Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4960defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4961definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4962
c906108c 4963@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4964@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4965The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4966exists and is different from @code{int}.
4967
4968@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4969@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4970Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4971
4972@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4973@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4974If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4975inferior.
4976
4977@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4978@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4979If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4980Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4981
990f9fe3 4982@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4983@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4984Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4985@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4986@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4987processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4988
4989@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4990@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4991Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4992want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4993
4994@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4995@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4996When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4997twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4998the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4999number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5000expand into the number expected.
5001
c906108c 5002@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 5003@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 5004This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
5005translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
5006representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
5007
5008@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 5009@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
5010This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
5011defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
5012@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
5013configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
5014the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
5015undefined.
5016
5017The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
5018the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 5019that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
5020
5021@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
5022@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
5023See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
5024
5025@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
5026@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
5027Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
5028@end table
5029
5030
5031@node Support Libraries
5032
5033@chapter Support Libraries
5034
5035@section BFD
56caf160 5036@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5037
25822942 5038BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5039
5040@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5041@item identifying executable and core files
5042BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5043several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5044
5045@item access to sections of files
5046BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5047sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5048(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5049calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5050length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5051
5052@item specialized core file support
5053BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5054core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5055file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5056file.
5057
5058@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5059@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5060symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5061handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5062symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5063string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5064@end table
5065
5066@section opcodes
56caf160 5067@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5068
25822942 5069The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5070library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5071
5072@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5073@cindex readline library
5074The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5075that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5076
5077@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5078@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5079
5080The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5081that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5082systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5083groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5084environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5085a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5086functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5087beyond standard functions).
5088
5089@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5090library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5091floating format support functions, the input options parser
5092@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5093
5094@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5095@cindex @code{obstacks}
5096
5097The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5098chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5099like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5100allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5101@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5102@code{obstacks}).
5103
5104The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5105object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5106representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5107these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5108symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5109fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5110offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5111string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5112information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5113unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5114various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5115names of types.
5116
5117An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5118that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5119various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5120once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5121function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5122deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5123start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5124@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5125obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5126happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5127is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5128obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5129@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5130else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5131use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5132
5133Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5134under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5135longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5136when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5137new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5138
5139@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5140@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5141
5142Regex conditionals.
5143
5144@table @code
c906108c
SS
5145@item C_ALLOCA
5146
5147@item NFAILURES
5148
5149@item RE_NREGS
5150
5151@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5152
5153@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5154
5155@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5156
5157@item Sword
5158
5159@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5160@end table
5161
350da6ee
DJ
5162@section Array Containers
5163@cindex Array Containers
5164@cindex VEC
5165
5166Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5167objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5168and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5169and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5170inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5171Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5172
5173An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5174The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5175the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5176bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5177accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5178but implemented in C.
5179
5180Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5181and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5182these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5183pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5184stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5185dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5186object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5187elements are returned by value.
5188
5189There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5190returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5191variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5192the address-of can be optimized away.
5193
5194The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5195are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5196itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5197--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5198field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5199use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5200such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5201the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5202(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5203@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5204minimal space in the structure containing them.
5205
5206Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5207available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5208that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5209(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5210needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5211If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5212to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5213@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5214elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5215too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5216but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5217is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5218can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5219
5220You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
5221remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
5222in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5223operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5224There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5225ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5226@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5227into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5228@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5229the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5230
5231If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5232accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5233@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5234vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5235
5236Vector types are defined using a
5237@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5238type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5239characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5240@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5241(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5242awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5243check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5244@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5245that is not possible in plain C.
5246
5247An example of their use would be,
5248
5249@smallexample
5250DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5251
5252struct my_struct @{
5253 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5254@};
5255
5256struct my_struct *s;
5257
5258if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5259VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5260for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5261 @{ do something with elt @}
5262
5263@end smallexample
5264
5265The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5266accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5267
5268@table @code
5269@item VEC_length
5270Return the number of items in the array,
5271
5272@item VEC_empty
5273Return true if the array has no elements.
5274
5275@item VEC_last
5276@itemx VEC_index
5277Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5278
5279@item VEC_iterate
5280Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5281traversed.
5282
5283@item VEC_alloc
5284@itemx VEC_free
5285Create and destroy an array.
5286
5287@item VEC_embedded_size
5288@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5289Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5290
5291@item VEC_copy
5292Duplicate an array.
5293
5294@item VEC_space
5295Return the amount of free space in an array.
5296
5297@item VEC_reserve
5298Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5299
5300@item VEC_quick_push
5301@itemx VEC_safe_push
5302Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5303sure that it is.
5304
5305@item VEC_pop
5306Remove the last item from an array.
5307
5308@item VEC_truncate
5309Remove several items from the end of an array.
5310
5311@item VEC_safe_grow
5312Add several items to the end of an array.
5313
5314@item VEC_replace
5315Overwrite an item in the array.
5316
5317@item VEC_quick_insert
5318@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5319Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5320already exist, or the space is created.
5321
5322@item VEC_ordered_remove
5323@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5324Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5325
5326@item VEC_block_remove
5327Remove a set of items from the array.
5328
5329@item VEC_address
5330Provide the address of the first element.
5331
5332@item VEC_lower_bound
5333Binary search the array.
5334
5335@end table
5336
c906108c
SS
5337@section include
5338
5339@node Coding
5340
5341@chapter Coding
5342
5343This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5344algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5345
5346@section Cleanups
56caf160 5347@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5348
5349Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5350later.
c906108c 5351
cc1cb004
AC
5352When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5353@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5354the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5355cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5356and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5357is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5358cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5359created.
c906108c
SS
5360
5361Syntax:
5362
5363@table @code
c906108c
SS
5364@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5365Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5366
56caf160 5367@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5368@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5369Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5370@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5371handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5372@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5373@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5374from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5375
56caf160 5376@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5377@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5378Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5379@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5380
5381@findex discard_cleanups
5382@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5383Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5384the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5385@end table
5386
5387Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5388@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5389later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5390performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5391
474c8240 5392@smallexample
c906108c 5393make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5394@{
5395 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5396 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5397 ...
5398 do_cleanups (old);
5399@}
474c8240 5400@end smallexample
56caf160 5401
c906108c 5402@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5403will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5404cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5405be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5406
5407Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5408Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5409will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5410to two common cleanup styles.
5411
5412The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5413@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5414code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5415code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5416called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5417@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5418
474c8240 5419@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5420struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5421data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5422make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5423... blah blah ...
5424do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5425@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5426
5427The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5428@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5429any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5430code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5431an error:
5432
474c8240 5433@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5434FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5435struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5436... blah blah ...
5437discard_cleanups (old);
5438return file;
474c8240 5439@end smallexample
c906108c 5440
c1468174 5441Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5442that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5443means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5444interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5445functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5446@samp{longjmp} instead).
5447
ba8c9337
AC
5448@section Per-architecture module data
5449@cindex per-architecture module data
5450@cindex multi-arch data
5451@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5452
fc989b7a
AC
5453The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5454specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5455architecture object.
5456
5457A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5458
5459@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5460@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5461per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5462in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5463architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5464and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5465@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5466
fc989b7a
AC
5467@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5468@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5469per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5470always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5471initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5472per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5473other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5474create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5475@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5476
fc989b7a
AC
5477These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5478identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5479
fc989b7a 5480The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5481
fc989b7a
AC
5482@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5483Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5484@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5485or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5486current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5487pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5488corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5489@end deftypefun
5490
fc989b7a 5491The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5492
5493@smallexample
e7f16015 5494struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5495static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5496@end smallexample
5497
fc989b7a
AC
5498A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5499per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5500per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5501creation.
ba8c9337 5502
fc989b7a
AC
5503In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5504architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5505from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5506
5507@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5508static void *
5509nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5510@{
fc989b7a
AC
5511 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5512 return data;
5513@}
ba8c9337
AC
5514@end smallexample
5515
ba8c9337 5516@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5517extern void
5518set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5519@{
ba8c9337 5520 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5521 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5522@}
5523@end smallexample
5524
fc989b7a
AC
5525A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5526using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5527
fc989b7a
AC
5528In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5529@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5530architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5531
5532@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5533static void *
5534nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5535@{
fc989b7a
AC
5536 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5537 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5538 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5539@}
5540@end smallexample
5541
5542@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5543extern int
5544nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5545@{
fc989b7a
AC
5546 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5547 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5548@}
5549@end smallexample
5550
c906108c 5551@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5552@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5553
56caf160 5554@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5555Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5556or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5557added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5558routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5559exceeded.
5560
5561The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5562printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5563away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5564@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5565@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5566return!
5567
56caf160 5568It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5569space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5570indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5571the line wraps there.
5572
5573Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5574finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5575to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5576print warnings are a good example.
5577
25822942 5578@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5579@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5580
25822942 5581@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5582@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5583FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5584of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5585but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5586
56caf160
EZ
5587@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5588@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5589
af6c57ea 5590
b9aa90c9 5591@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5592
b9aa90c9
AC
5593@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5594compiler.
af6c57ea 5595
b9aa90c9 5596@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5597
5598
5599@subsection Memory Management
5600
5601@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5602@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5603
5604@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5605@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5606these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5607they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5608@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5609
5610@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5611memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5612behavior.}
5613
5614@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5615
5616@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5617memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5618free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5619
5620@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5621@code{NULL} pointer.}
5622
5623@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5624allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5625
5626@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5627restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5628
5629@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5630function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5631
5632@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5633functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5634errors.}
5635
5636
5637@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5638@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5639
aa79a185
DJ
5640With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5641@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5642are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5643building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5644
5645This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5646with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5647from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5648
5649The current list of warning flags includes:
5650
5651@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5652@item -Wall
5653Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5654
aa79a185 5655@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5656
aa79a185
DJ
5657@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5658code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5659
aa79a185 5660@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5661
aa79a185
DJ
5662@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5663Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5664might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5665Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5666@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5667but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5668
7be93b9e
JB
5669@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5670In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5671assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5672signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5673carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5674the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5675worth the time it would take.
5676
aa79a185
DJ
5677@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5678Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5679unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5680@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5681it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5682is being used.
5683
5684@item -Wno-unused
5685@itemx -Wno-switch
5686These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5687currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5688
aa79a185 5689@end table
c906108c
SS
5690
5691@subsection Formatting
5692
56caf160 5693@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5694The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5695strictly.
5696
af6c57ea
AC
5697A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5698function definition should have its name in column zero.
5699
474c8240 5700@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5701/* Declaration */
5702static void foo (void);
5703/* Definition */
5704void
5705foo (void)
5706@{
5707@}
474c8240 5708@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5709
5710@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5711be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5712
af6c57ea
AC
5713There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5714parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5715required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5716or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5717
5718While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5719more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5720after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5721whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5722for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5723
5724Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5725
474c8240 5726@smallexample
af6c57ea 5727void *foo;
474c8240 5728@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5729
5730@noindent
5731and not:
5732
474c8240 5733@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5734void * foo;
5735void* foo;
474c8240 5736@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5737
5738@subsection Comments
5739
56caf160 5740@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5741The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5742
af6c57ea
AC
5743Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5744@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5745
474c8240 5746@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5747/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5748 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5749 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5750 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5751 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5752@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5753
5754(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5755comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5756
5757Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5758variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5759
5760In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5761than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5762line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5763than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5764
5765@subsection C Usage
5766
56caf160 5767@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5768Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5769host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5770of evaluation of expressions.
5771
56caf160 5772@cindex function usage
c906108c 5773Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5774in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5775call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5776limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5777
5778However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5779are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5780
af6c57ea 5781@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5782(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5783protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5784
5785@cindex types
c906108c 5786
af6c57ea
AC
5787Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5788declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5789
5790
5791@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5792@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5793
5794Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5795a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5796argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5797function definition.
c906108c 5798
53a5351d
JM
5799All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5800callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5801be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5802visible to random source files.
c906108c 5803
af6c57ea
AC
5804Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5805that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5806
5807
5808@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5809
5810During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5811User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5812entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5813object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5814Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5815run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5816
5817When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5818@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5819
5820@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5821
5822@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5823the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5824@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5825error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5826
5827@subsection File Names
5828
5829Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5830case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5831unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5832
5833@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5834platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5835is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5836@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5837convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5838@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5839@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5840
5841Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5842of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5843
5844@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5845
5846When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5847@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5848@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5849independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5850the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5851should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5852programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5853
5854For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5855
5856
5857@subsection Include Files
5858
e2b28d04 5859A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5860
e2b28d04
AC
5861A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5862declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5863indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5864
e2b28d04
AC
5865A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5866declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5867indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5868be directly included.
af6c57ea 5869
e2b28d04 5870An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5871
e2b28d04
AC
5872An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5873Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5874pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5875
5876A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5877
5878An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5879files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5880@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5881
5882All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5883
474c8240 5884@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5885#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5886#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5887header body
5888#endif
474c8240 5889@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5890
c906108c 5891
dab11f21 5892@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5893
56caf160 5894@cindex design
c906108c 5895In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5896semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5897experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5898trouble.
5899
56caf160 5900@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5901You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5902(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5903must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5904@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5905such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5906
5907You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5908the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5909current @code{target_ops} vector.
5910
5911You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5912(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5913assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5914host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5915written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5916copyright problems.
5917
56caf160 5918@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5919Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5920to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5921systems.
5922
56caf160 5923@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5924New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5925or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5926for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5927features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5928has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5929often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5930predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5931time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5932with regard to this feature.
5933
5934Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5935target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5936
dab11f21
EZ
5937@cindex portable file name handling
5938@cindex file names, portability
5939One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5940creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5941assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5942a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5943directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5944necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5945system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5946name, use the following portable macros:
5947
5948@table @code
5949@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5950@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5951This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5952whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5953symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5954such hosts.
5955
5956@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5957@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5958Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5959character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5960such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5961pass.
5962
5963@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5964@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5965Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5966For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5967@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5968@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5969
5970@findex FILENAME_CMP
5971@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5972Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5973appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5974this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5975will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5976
5977@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5978@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5979Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5980@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5981This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5982
5983@findex SLASH_STRING
5984@item SLASH_STRING
5985This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5986absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5987@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5988@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5989@end table
5990
5991In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5992functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5993basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5994@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5995platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5996with @code{strrchr}.
5997
25822942
DB
5998Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5999attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6000multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6001by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6002well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6003something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6004using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6005@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6006current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6007is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6008implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6009attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6010formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6011
56caf160
EZ
6012Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6013the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6014@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6015something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6016consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6017with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6018file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6019radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6020
af6c57ea
AC
6021All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6022@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6023messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6024@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6025
c906108c 6026
8487521e 6027@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6028
25822942 6029@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6030@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6031
56caf160
EZ
6032Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
6033specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
6034dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
6035hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
6036@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
6037name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
6038@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 6039
56caf160
EZ
6040@itemize @bullet
6041@item
c906108c
SS
6042In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
6043@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
6044vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
6045@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
6046@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
6047running
6048
474c8240 6049@smallexample
c906108c 6050./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 6051@end smallexample
56caf160 6052
c906108c
SS
6053@noindent
6054and
56caf160 6055
474c8240 6056@smallexample
c906108c 6057./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 6058@end smallexample
56caf160 6059
c906108c
SS
6060@noindent
6061which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
6062and no error messages.
6063
56caf160 6064@noindent
c906108c
SS
6065You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
6066beyond the scope of this manual.
6067
56caf160 6068@item
25822942 6069To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
6070your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
6071desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
6072setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
6073@var{xyz}).
6074
7fd60527
AC
6075@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
6076@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
6077new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
6078Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
6079to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
6080changed again in the future.}
6081
56caf160 6082@item
25822942 6083Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
6084target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
6085configuration.
56caf160 6086@end itemize
c906108c 6087
d52fe014
AC
6088@node Versions and Branches
6089@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6090
d52fe014 6091@section Versions
8973da3a 6092
d52fe014
AC
6093@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6094@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6095
d52fe014
AC
6096@table @asis
6097@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6098@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6099an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6100@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6101a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
61026.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6103@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6104a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
61056.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6106@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6107a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6108@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6109may include additional changes
d52fe014 6110@end table
fb0ff88f 6111
d52fe014
AC
6112@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6113numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6114of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6115@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6116
53531fc1
AC
6117@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6118@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6119drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6120first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6121@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6122@var{patchlevel}.
6123
6124For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6125identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6126
6127@table @asis
6128@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6129drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6130@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6131@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6132drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
61336.1.90.20020304)
6134@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6135@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6136drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6137@end table
fb0ff88f 6138
d52fe014
AC
6139If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
61406.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6141here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6142
d52fe014
AC
6143@smallexample
6144 <HEAD>
6145 |
53531fc1 61466.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6147 |
53531fc1 6148 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6149 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6150 | |
53531fc1
AC
61516.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6152 | |
61536.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6154 | |
61556.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6156 | |
53531fc1
AC
61576.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6158 | |
61596.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6160 | |
61616.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6162 | |
61636.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6164 | |
61656.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6166 |
53531fc1 61676.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6168 |
53531fc1 6169 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6170 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6171 | |
61726.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6173 | |
d52fe014 6174@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6175
d52fe014
AC
6176@section Release Branches
6177@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6178
d52fe014
AC
6179@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6180single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6181branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6182
d52fe014
AC
6183@smallexample
6184gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6185gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6186gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6187@end smallexample
6188
6189@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6190release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6191date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6192branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6193
6194@section Vendor Branches
6195@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6196
6197To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6198@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6199(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6200its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6201Inc Patch 2)}.
6202
6203@section Experimental Branches
6204@cindex experimental branches
6205
6206@subsection Guidelines
6207
6208@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6209repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6210for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6211significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6212
d52fe014 6213The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6214
d52fe014
AC
6215@table @emph
6216
6217@item a branch has an owner
6218The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6219ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6220adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6221
6222@item all commits are posted
6223All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
6224@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
6225mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6226should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6227
6228@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6229This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6230and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6231
6232@item a branch is focused
6233A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6234unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6235be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6236
6237@item a branch tracks mainline
6238This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6239pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6240mainline.
6241
6242@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6243The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6244branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6245
6246@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6247The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6248the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6249@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6250
6251@end table
fb0ff88f 6252
d52fe014
AC
6253@subsection Tags
6254@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6255
d52fe014
AC
6256To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6257branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6258
d52fe014 6259@table @code
fb0ff88f 6260
d52fe014
AC
6261@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6262@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6263The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6264date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6265sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6266@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6267cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6268cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6269 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6270@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6271
d52fe014
AC
6272@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6273The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6274on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6275use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6276@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6277cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6278cvs update \
6279 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6280 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6281@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6282@noindent
6283Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6284merge.
6285
6286@end table
fb0ff88f 6287
d52fe014
AC
6288@noindent
6289For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6290@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6291
55f6ca0f
JB
6292@node Start of New Year Procedure
6293@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6294@cindex new year procedure
6295
6296At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6297
6298@itemize @bullet
6299@item
6300Rotate the ChangeLog file
6301
6302The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6303@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6304A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6305contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6306also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6307the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6308@smallexample
6309Local Variables:
6310mode: change-log
6311left-margin: 8
6312fill-column: 74
6313version-control: never
6314End:
6315@end smallexample
6316
7f893741
JB
6317@item
6318Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6319in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6320
55f6ca0f
JB
6321@item
6322Update the copyright year in the startup message
6323
6324Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
6325@code{print_gdb_version}.
6326@end itemize
6327
d52fe014 6328@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6329
d52fe014
AC
6330@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6331@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6332
9bb0a4d8
AC
6333@section Branch Commit Policy
6334
6335The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
63365.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6337
6338@itemize @bullet
6339@item
6340The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6341@item
6342Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6343trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6344file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6345@item
6346When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6347Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6348when debugging a static binary?
6349@item
6350The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6351the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6352@item
6353Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6354sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6355@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6356@end itemize
6357
6358@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6359functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6360This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6361reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6362
6363
cbb09e6a 6364@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6365
8642bc8f 6366Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6367code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6368(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6369
8642bc8f 6370Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6371line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6372been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6373
cbb09e6a
AC
6374The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6375wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6376Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6377
cbb09e6a 6378@enumerate
8973da3a 6379@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6380Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6381list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6382recommended.
8973da3a 6383@item
cbb09e6a 6384Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6385@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6386Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6387Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6388@item
cbb09e6a 6389Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6390@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6391Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6392prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6393@item
6394Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6395released.
6396@item
6397Remove the obsolete code.
6398@end enumerate
6399
6400@noindent
6401@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6402hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6403helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6404or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6405the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6406hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6407
8973da3a 6408
9ae8b82c
AC
6409
6410@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6411
8642bc8f
AC
6412The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6413changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6414instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6415building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6416@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6417
9ae8b82c 6418@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6419
9ae8b82c
AC
6420People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6421something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6422script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6423
9ae8b82c 6424@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6425
9ae8b82c
AC
6426Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6427@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6428@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6429
6430@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6431
8642bc8f 6432A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6433
8642bc8f
AC
6434@itemize @bullet
6435@item
6436@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6437@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6438@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6439file)
6440@item
6441@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6442@end itemize
6443
9ae8b82c 6444@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6445
9ae8b82c
AC
6446@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6447(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6448conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6449of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6450regressions.
8642bc8f 6451
9ae8b82c 6452@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6453
9ae8b82c 6454Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6455
9ae8b82c 6456@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6457
9ae8b82c 6458The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6459
8642bc8f 6460
30107679 6461@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6462
30107679 6463@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6464
474c8240 6465@smallexample
30107679
AC
6466$ u=5.1
6467$ v=5.2
6468$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6469$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6470$ echo $u $V $D
64715.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6472$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6473-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6474cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6475-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6476$ ^echo ^^
6477...
6478$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6479-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6480cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6481-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6482$ ^echo ^^
6483...
8642bc8f 6484$
474c8240 6485@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6486
6487@itemize @bullet
6488@item
b247355e 6489By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6490date/time.
6491@item
b247355e 6492The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6493@item
b247355e 6494Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6495@item
b247355e 6496@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6497@item
b247355e 6498The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6499@end itemize
6500
6501@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6502
6503@smallexample
6504$ u=5.1
6505$ v=5.2
6506$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6507$ echo $u $v$V
65085.1 5_2
6509$ cd /tmp
6510$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6511-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6512cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6513 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6514$ ^echo ^^
6515U src/gdb/version.in
6516$ cd src/gdb
6517$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6518$ cat version.in
65195.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6520$ cvs -f commit version.in
6521@end smallexample
6522
6523@itemize @bullet
6524@item
6525@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6526mechanism.
30107679
AC
6527@item
6528@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6529initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6530@end itemize
6531
8642bc8f
AC
6532
6533@subheading Update the web and news pages
6534
30107679
AC
6535Something?
6536
8642bc8f
AC
6537@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6538
30107679
AC
6539The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6540This file needs to be updated so that:
6541
6542@itemize @bullet
6543@item
b247355e 6544A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6545@item
b247355e 6546The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6547@end itemize
6548
6549@noindent
6550See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6551cron table.
6552
6553The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6554any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6555snapshot directories.
6556
6557
6558@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6559
6560The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6561to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6562refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6563
6564The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6565current release.
6566
6567@subheading Post the branch info
6568
6569Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6570
6571@itemize @bullet
6572@item
6573@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6574@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6575@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6576@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6577@end itemize
30107679
AC
6578
6579@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6580ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6581list are alerted.}
6582
6583The announcement should include:
6584
6585@itemize @bullet
6586@item
b247355e 6587The branch tag.
30107679 6588@item
b247355e 6589How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6590@item
b247355e 6591The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6592@item
b247355e 6593The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6594@end itemize
30107679 6595
8642bc8f
AC
6596@section Stabilize the branch
6597
6598Something goes here.
6599
6600@section Create a Release
6601
0816590b
AC
6602The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6603down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6604process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6605process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6606
0816590b
AC
6607When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6608
6609@subsection Create a release candidate
6610
6611The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6612made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6613candidate).
6614
6615@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6616
6617Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6618@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6619
6620@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6621
474c8240 6622@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6623$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6624$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6625$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6626$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6627/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6628$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6629$ cd $t/$b/$v
6630$ pwd
0816590b 6631/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6632$ which autoconf
6633/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6634$
474c8240 6635@end smallexample
8973da3a 6636
0816590b
AC
6637@noindent
6638Notes:
8973da3a 6639
0816590b
AC
6640@itemize @bullet
6641@item
6642Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6643version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6644found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6645unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6646@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6647@end itemize
6648
6649@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6650
474c8240 6651@smallexample
b247355e 6652$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6653do
8973da3a
AC
6654( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6655done
8642bc8f 6656$
474c8240 6657@end smallexample
8973da3a 6658
0816590b
AC
6659@noindent
6660Note:
8642bc8f 6661
0816590b
AC
6662@itemize @bullet
6663@item
6664The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6665any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6666@code{cvs} really does.
6667@end itemize
6668
6669@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6670
0816590b
AC
6671@table @file
6672
6673@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6674
6675Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6676releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6677
0816590b 6678Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6679
474c8240 6680@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6681$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6682...
6683c-x 4 a
6684...
6685c-x c-s c-x c-c
6686$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6687$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6688@end smallexample
8973da3a 6689
0816590b
AC
6690@item gdb/README
6691
6692You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6693
0816590b
AC
6694@itemize @bullet
6695@item
b247355e 6696The version.
0816590b 6697@item
b247355e 6698The update date.
0816590b 6699@item
b247355e 6700Who did it.
0816590b 6701@end itemize
8973da3a 6702
474c8240 6703@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6704$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6705...
8973da3a 6706c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6707...
8973da3a 6708c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6709$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6710$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6711@end smallexample
8973da3a 6712
0816590b
AC
6713@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6714before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6715to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6716
8642bc8f
AC
6717@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6718@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6719pursuing.}
8973da3a 6720
0816590b 6721@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6722
474c8240 6723@smallexample
8642bc8f 6724$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6725$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
67265.2
8642bc8f 6727$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6728...
6729c-x 4 a
0816590b 6730... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6731c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6732$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6733$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6734@end smallexample
8973da3a 6735
0816590b
AC
6736@end table
6737
6738@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6739
6740This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6741
4ce8657e
MC
6742@smallexample
6743$ for m in gdb insight
6744do
6745( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6746done
4ce8657e
MC
6747@end smallexample
6748
6749If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6750(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6751
474c8240 6752@smallexample
0816590b 6753$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6754do
0816590b 6755( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6756done
474c8240 6757@end smallexample
8973da3a 6758
0816590b 6759@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6760
0816590b 6761You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6762@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6763for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6764
474c8240 6765@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6766$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6767M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6768? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6769? proto-toplev
0816590b 6770@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6771M gdb/ChangeLog
6772M gdb/NEWS
6773M gdb/README
6774M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6775@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6776$
474c8240 6777@end smallexample
8973da3a 6778
0816590b 6779@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6780@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6781@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6782was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6783didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6784
0816590b 6785@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6786
474c8240 6787@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6788$ cp */src/*.tar .
6789$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6790$ ls -F
b247355e 6791gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6792$ for m in gdb insight
6793do
6794bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6795gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6796done
6797$
474c8240 6798@end smallexample
8973da3a 6799
0816590b
AC
6800@noindent
6801Note:
6802
6803@itemize @bullet
6804@item
6805A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6806in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6807can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6808process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6809@end itemize
6810
6811@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6812
0816590b 6813Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6814
0816590b
AC
6815@smallexample
6816$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6817$ cd gdb-5.2
6818$ ./configure
6819$ make
6820@dots{}
6821$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6822GNU gdb 5.2
6823@dots{}
6824(gdb) b main
6825Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6826(gdb) run
6827Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6828
6829Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6830734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6831(gdb) print args
6832$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6833(gdb)
6834@end smallexample
8973da3a 6835
0816590b 6836@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6837
0816590b 6838If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6839
0816590b
AC
6840@enumerate
6841@item
6842Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6843@item
6844Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6845@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6846process can restart.
6847@item
6848Make the release candidate available in
6849@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6850@item
6851Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6852@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6853@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6854
0816590b 6855@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6856
0816590b 6857(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6858
0816590b 6859@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6860
0816590b 6861Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6862
474c8240 6863@smallexample
0816590b 6864$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6865$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6866@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6867
0816590b
AC
6868@noindent
6869Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6870are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6871
6872@smallexample
6873$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6874$ rm @dots{}
6875@end smallexample
6876
6877@noindent
6878Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6879directory:
6880
6881@smallexample
6882$ vi README
6883@dots{}
6884$ rm -f .message
6885$ ln README .message
6886@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6887
0816590b 6888@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6889
0816590b
AC
6890@table @file
6891
6892@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6893This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6894@itemize @bullet
6895@item
b247355e 6896General announcement.
8642bc8f 6897@item
0816590b
AC
6898News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6899earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6900@item
b247355e 6901Errata.
0816590b
AC
6902@end itemize
6903
6904@item htdocs/index.html
6905@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6906@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6907These files include:
6908@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6909@item
b247355e 6910Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6911@item
b247355e 6912News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6913@end itemize
0816590b 6914These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6915
0816590b 6916@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6917You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6918docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6919from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6920Something like:
6921
474c8240 6922@smallexample
8642bc8f 6923$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6924 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6925 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6926 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6927 gdb
474c8240 6928@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6929
0816590b
AC
6930@item download/ari/
6931Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6932
0816590b
AC
6933@smallexample
6934$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6935 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6936 $PWD/www \
6937 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6938 gdb
6939@end smallexample
6940
6941@end table
6942
6943@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6944
6945Something goes here.
6946
6947
6948@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6949
6950At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6951@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6952
6953@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6954
6955Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6956
6957@itemize @bullet
6958@item
6959@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6960@item
0816590b
AC
6961@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6962day or so to let things get out)
6963@item
6964@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6965@end itemize
6966
0816590b 6967@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6968
0816590b 6969The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6970
0816590b 6971@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6972
0816590b 6973In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6974
6975@itemize @bullet
6976@item
6977@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6978@item
6979@file{gdb/version.in}
6980@item
6981@file{gdb/NEWS}
6982@item
6983@file{gdb/README}
6984@end itemize
6985
0816590b 6986@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6987
6988Something like:
6989
474c8240 6990@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6991$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6992$ echo $d
69932002-01-24
6994$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6995$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6996@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6997
0816590b 6998Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6999@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7000
7001@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7002
0816590b
AC
7003Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7004indicates when the release was made.
7005
7006@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7007
7008If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7009@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7010committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7011@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7012is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7013
7014Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7015
0816590b 7016@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7017
8642bc8f
AC
7018The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7019trunk.
8973da3a 7020
0816590b
AC
7021@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7022
7023Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
7024Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7025generated by running:
7026
7027@smallexample
7028$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7029@end smallexample
7030
7031@noindent
7032The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7033of the most recent release.
7034
7035Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7036
8642bc8f 7037@section Post release
8973da3a 7038
8642bc8f 7039Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7040
085dd6e6
JM
7041@node Testsuite
7042
7043@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7044@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7045
56caf160
EZ
7046The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7047While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7048this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7049the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7050to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7051
b247355e
NR
7052The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7053tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7054runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7055
7056@section Using the Testsuite
7057
56caf160 7058@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7059To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7060testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7061environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7062the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7063and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7064finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7065
474c8240 7066@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7067 === gdb Summary ===
7068
7069# of expected passes 6016
7070# of unexpected failures 58
7071# of unexpected successes 5
7072# of expected failures 183
7073# of unresolved testcases 3
7074# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7075@end smallexample
56caf160 7076
a9f158ec
JB
7077To run a specific test script, type:
7078@example
7079make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7080@end example
7081where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7082spaces.
7083
085dd6e6
JM
7084The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7085conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7086real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7087failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7088hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7089everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7090being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7091lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7092Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7093reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7094catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7095program.
7096
7097When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7098testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7099regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7100run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7101compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7102testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7103options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7104host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7105mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7106
7107If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7108tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7109and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7110Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7111failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7112difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7113in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7114tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7115
e7dc800a
MC
7116DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7117some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7118the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7119will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7120
7121@smallexample
7122UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7123@end smallexample
7124
085dd6e6
JM
7125@section Testsuite Organization
7126
56caf160 7127@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7128The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7129testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7130and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7131handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7132@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7133all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7134configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7135definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7136
7137The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7138subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7139with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7140in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7141get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7142
7143The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7144are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7145located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7146execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7147intelligibility.
7148
56caf160 7149@table @file
085dd6e6 7150@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7151This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7152configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7153The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7154ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7155for prototypes).
7156
7157@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7158Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7159@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7160
7161@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7162Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7163(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7164HP-UX.
7165
7166@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7167Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
71681999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7169couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7170imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7171extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7172
7173@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7174Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7175instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7176@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7177@end table
7178
7179@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7180@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7181
25822942 7182In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7183should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7184
7185You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7186includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7187However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7188instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7189calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7190
7191Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 7192necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
7193
7194The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7195style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7196styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7197instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7198never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7199uniformly.
7200
c906108c
SS
7201@node Hints
7202
7203@chapter Hints
7204
7205Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7206appear anywhere else in the directory.
7207
7208@menu
25822942 7209* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7210* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7211@end menu
7212
7213@node Getting Started,,, Hints
7214
7215@section Getting Started
7216
25822942 7217@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7218work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7219know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7220
25822942
DB
7221This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7222generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7223
7224Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7225comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7226function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7227explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7228free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7229out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7230actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7231
7232Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7233native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7234repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7235macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7236default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7237also documents all the available macros.
7238@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7239@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7240@c Conditionals})
7241
56caf160
EZ
7242Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7243@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7244@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7245code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7246
7247You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7248enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7249language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7250the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7251and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7252are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7253approach.
7254
25822942 7255Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7256specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7257function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7258will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7259calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7260(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7261called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7262functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7263one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7264structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7265the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7266look like.
7267
7268Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7269code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7270principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7271else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7272rather than worrying about all its details.
7273
56caf160
EZ
7274@cindex command implementation
7275A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7276a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7277single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7278@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7279via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7280which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7281the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7282@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7283command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7284display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7285not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7286tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7287breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7288
7289@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7290If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7291on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7292wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7293@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7294Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7295
33e16fad 7296@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7297
25822942 7298@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7299@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7300
25822942 7301If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7302fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7303Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7304debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7305./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7306@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7307
25822942 7308When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7309@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7310gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7311in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7312gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7313
7314If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7315you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7316routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7317@kbd{M-.}
7318
25822942 7319Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7320have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7321
7322@section Submitting Patches
7323
56caf160 7324@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7325Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7326@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7327Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7328changes.
7329
25822942
DB
7330The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7331This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7332
7333If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7334or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7335with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7336
56caf160 7337@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7338The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7339copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7340of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7341standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7342and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7343owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7344changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7345etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7346contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7347bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7348this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7349since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7350
7351Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7352feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7353Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7354header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7355each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7356needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7357@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7358single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7359
7360In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7361sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7362If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7363out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7364
9e0b60a8
JM
7365The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7366install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7367or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7368will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7369The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7370the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7371being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7372tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7373the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7374acceptable.
7375
7376If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7377of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7378installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7379reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7380complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7381they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7382permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7383be for quite some time.
c906108c 7384
56caf160 7385Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7386@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
7387
7388@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 7389@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 7390
25822942 7391Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
7392configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
7393should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
7394
7395@table @code
c906108c
SS
7396@item STACK_END_ADDR
7397This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
7398in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
7399core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
7400gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 7401files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 7402and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
7403
7404Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
7405is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
7406
c906108c
SS
7407@end table
7408
bcd7e15f 7409@include observer.texi
2154891a 7410@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7411@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7412@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7413
56caf160
EZ
7414@node Index
7415@unnumbered Index
7416
7417@printindex cp
7418
c906108c 7419@bye
This page took 0.938661 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.